{"title":"Phone Screens \u0026 Displays","description":"\u003cp\u003eReplacement LCD, OLED and in-cell screen assemblies for iPhone, Samsung, Google Pixel, Motorola, Oppo, Xiaomi, iPad and Nintendo Switch. Every screen is OEM standard fit for the listed model, tested before dispatch and shipped same day from Manchester when ordered before 4pm Mon–Fri.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a10e-a102-replacement-lcd-flex-cable-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A10e A102 Replacement LCD Flex Cable The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD flex cable for Samsung Galaxy A10e (A102)\u003c\/strong\u003e links the mainboard to the screen, fixing a blank, flickering or unresponsive display when the screen itself is not damaged. It is brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A10e (A102) connector layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cures a black or flickering screen when the display itself is fine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for the small A10e chassis and its A102 board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cable is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e low cost and easy to keep on the shelf for quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10e (A102)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10e (A102)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A10 (A105), Galaxy A10s or Galaxy A20e. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if the flex cable is the fault\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Galaxy A10e powers on, vibrates or rings but the screen stays black, flickers or shows lines, and the glass and LCD look undamaged, the display flex cable is a common cause. Faults that come and go when you press on the back or after a drop also point to the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways reseat the connectors first. If the fault stays, replace the flex cable before buying a full screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Galaxy A10 (A105)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This cable is made for the Samsung Galaxy A10e (A102) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the A10e the same as the A10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A10e (A102) is a smaller, different phone from the Galaxy A10 (A105), so the parts do not swap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a straightforward repair once the back cover is off. Disconnect the battery first, then unclip and swap the cable with a plastic spudger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester warehouse, so most UK customers receive their part quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49800702296391,"sku":"","price":2.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9315576938823-white.jpg?v=1790792210"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a21s-a217-replacement-main-motherboard-lcd-connection-flex-cable-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A21s A217 Replacement Main Motherboard \/ LCD Connection Flex Cable The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus main motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable for Samsung Galaxy A21s (A217)\u003c\/strong\u003e links the mainboard to the screen, fixing a blank, flickering or unresponsive display when the screen itself is not damaged. It is brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A21s (A217) connector layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes a screen that is black, flickers or stops responding while the phone still runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard-to-screen link:\u003c\/strong\u003e carries the display connection between the main motherboard and the LCD in the A21s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cable is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e low cost and easy to keep on the shelf for quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A21s (A217)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A21s (A217)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A21 (A215), Galaxy A20s or Galaxy A31. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if the flex cable is the fault\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Galaxy A21s powers on, vibrates or rings but the screen stays black, flickers or shows lines, and the glass and LCD look undamaged, the display flex cable is a common cause. Faults that come and go when you press on the back or after a drop also point to the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways reseat the connectors first. If the fault stays, replace the flex cable before buying a full screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Galaxy A21 (A215)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This cable is made for the Samsung Galaxy A21s (A217) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the A21s cable the same as the A21?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A21s (A217) and Galaxy A21 (A215) have different layouts, so order the part for your model number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a straightforward repair once the back cover is off. Disconnect the battery first, then unclip and swap the cable with a plastic spudger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester warehouse, so most UK customers receive their part quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49806199718215,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317336383815-white.jpg?v=1790792923"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a30s-a307-replacement-main-motherboard-lcd-connection-flex-cable-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A30s A307 Replacement Main Motherboard \/ LCD Connection Flex Cable The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus main motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable for Samsung Galaxy A30s (A307)\u003c\/strong\u003e links the mainboard to the screen, fixing a blank, flickering or unresponsive display when the screen itself is not damaged. It is brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A30s (A307) connector layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes a display that goes black, shows lines or cuts out after a knock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the A307:\u003c\/strong\u003e connectors and length match the Galaxy A30s board and LCD connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cable is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e low cost and easy to keep on the shelf for quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A30s (A307)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A30s (A307)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A30 (A305), Galaxy A50s or Galaxy A20s. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if the flex cable is the fault\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Galaxy A30s powers on, vibrates or rings but the screen stays black, flickers or shows lines, and the glass and LCD look undamaged, the display flex cable is a common cause. Faults that come and go when you press on the back or after a drop also point to the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways reseat the connectors first. If the fault stays, replace the flex cable before buying a full screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Galaxy A30 (A305)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This cable is made for the Samsung Galaxy A30s (A307) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the Galaxy A30 flex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Despite the similar name, the A30s (A307) and A30 (A305) use different flex cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a straightforward repair once the back cover is off. Disconnect the battery first, then unclip and swap the cable with a plastic spudger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester warehouse, so most UK customers receive their part quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49820355133767,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9323459379527-white.jpg?v=1790791594"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a31-a305-replacement-main-motherboard-lcd-connection-flex-cable-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A31 A305 Replacement Main Motherboard \/ LCD Connection Flex Cable The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus main motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable for Samsung Galaxy A31\u003c\/strong\u003e links the mainboard to the screen, fixing a blank, flickering or unresponsive display when the screen itself is not damaged. It is brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A31 connector layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cures a blank, flickering or unresponsive screen when the display is intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard so the connectors seat firmly on the board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cable is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e low cost and easy to keep on the shelf for quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A31\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A30 (A305), Galaxy A32 or Galaxy A21s. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering. The listing title shows A305, which is the Galaxy A30 model code, so please confirm your phone is a Galaxy A31 before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if the flex cable is the fault\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Galaxy A31 powers on, vibrates or rings but the screen stays black, flickers or shows lines, and the glass and LCD look undamaged, the display flex cable is a common cause. Faults that come and go when you press on the back or after a drop also point to the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways reseat the connectors first. If the fault stays, replace the flex cable before buying a full screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Galaxy A30 (A305)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This cable is made for the Samsung Galaxy A31 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Galaxy A31 the same as the Galaxy A30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are different phones with different internal parts. Check the model name in Settings before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a straightforward repair once the back cover is off. Disconnect the battery first, then unclip and swap the cable with a plastic spudger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester warehouse, so most UK customers receive their part quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49820674687303,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9323499389255-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a41-a415-replacement-main-motherboard-lcd-connection-flex-cable","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A41 A415 Replacement Main Motherboard \/ LCD Connection Flex Cable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus main motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable for Samsung Galaxy A41 (A415)\u003c\/strong\u003e links the mainboard to the screen, fixing a blank, flickering or unresponsive display when the screen itself is not damaged. It is brand new, OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A41 (A415) connector layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes a black, flickering or striped screen caused by the connection flex.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact A41 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the smaller Galaxy A41 chassis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cable is checked before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock part for repair shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e low cost and easy to keep on the shelf for quick turnarounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motherboard \/ LCD connection flex cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A41 (A415)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A41 (A415)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A40 (A405), Galaxy A42 5G or Galaxy A31. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if the flex cable is the fault\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Galaxy A41 powers on, vibrates or rings but the screen stays black, flickers or shows lines, and the glass and LCD look undamaged, the display flex cable is a common cause. Faults that come and go when you press on the back or after a drop also point to the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways reseat the connectors first. If the fault stays, replace the flex cable before buying a full screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Galaxy A40 (A405)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This cable is made for the Samsung Galaxy A41 (A415) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the A415F?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The A415F is a Galaxy A41 variant and uses this flex cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it difficult to replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a straightforward repair once the back cover is off. Disconnect the battery first, then unclip and swap the cable with a plastic spudger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester warehouse, so most UK customers receive their part quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49821797974343,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9323740528967-white.jpg?v=1790791886"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-9th-gen-10-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 9th Gen 10.2\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 9th generation 10.2-inch in black\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes a smashed or unresponsive touch screen on the iPad 9th generation 10.2-inch. Your working LCD is reused. Brand new, made to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes cracked glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean, clear front panel over your existing display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResponsive touch layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e ends ghost touches and areas that do not respond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact 10.2-inch fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the iPad 9th generation front frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the front looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked for quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e each digitiser is tested before packing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad 9th generation (2021), 10.2-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 9th generation (2021) 10.2-inch\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the 10.9-inch iPad 10, the iPad Air or iPad mini ranges, or the 9.7-inch iPad 5 and iPad 6. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case; the iPad 9 uses A2602, A2603, A2604 or A2605.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for fitting a 10.2-inch digitiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges to soften the adhesive and lift the old glass slowly with plastic picks. Keep tools shallow near the LCD and the flex cables. Clean the frame fully, fit fresh adhesive, connect the new digitiser and test touch before you press it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if it is not right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPad 9th generation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the 10.2-inch iPad 9 (2021). Check for model A2602, A2603, A2604 or A2605.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the touch digitiser only. If your display shows lines or no picture, order an LCD too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID lives in the home button, not the glass. Move your existing home button across and it keeps working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49835962073415,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328484090183-white.jpg?v=1790792762"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-9-10-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 9 10.2\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 9th generation 10.2-inch in white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement front glass and touch sensor for the 10.2-inch iPad 9 (2021). It repairs cracked glass and failed touch. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e accurate taps, swipes and multi-touch gestures across the whole screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad 9:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard dimensions and flex position for the 10.2-inch 9th generation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite front:\u003c\/strong\u003e colour-matched to the {col.lower()} bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-only repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace the damaged digitiser without paying for a new LCD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is touch-checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad 9th generation (2021), 10.2-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 9th generation (2021) 10.2-inch\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the 10.9-inch iPad 10, the iPad Air or iPad mini ranges, or the 9.7-inch iPad 5 and iPad 6. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case; the iPad 9 uses A2602, A2603, A2604 or A2605.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser or LCD: which part has failed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCracked glass, dead touch areas or phantom taps with a normal picture point to the digitiser. Lines, dark patches, flicker or a blank display point to the LCD. On the iPad 9 these are separate parts, so you only replace the one that is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPad 9th generation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the 10.2-inch iPad 9 (2021). Check for model A2602, A2603, A2604 or A2605.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPad 10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad 10 has a 10.9-inch laminated screen with a different shape, so it needs its own screen assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the touch digitiser only. If your display shows lines or no picture, order an LCD too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace your order before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836028199239,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328522625351-white.jpg?v=1790792856"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-1-mini-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-home-button-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 1 \/ Mini 2 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser with Home Button Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser with home button for iPad mini 1 and mini 2 in black\u003c\/strong\u003e repairs a smashed or unresponsive screen on the iPad mini 1 or iPad mini 2 with the home button fitted. Brand new, made to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete front glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch sensor, glass and home button in one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct 7.9-inch shape, camera window and flex position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-only repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep your working LCD and save on the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean match for black iPad mini models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e tested for touch response before packing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad mini (1st generation) and iPad mini 2, 7.9-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad mini (1st generation, 2012)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad mini 2 (2013)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad mini 3, mini 4 or later models, or any full-size iPad. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case: iPad mini is A1432, A1454 or A1455, and iPad mini 2 is A1489, A1490 or A1491.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips for the iPad mini\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the edges evenly, lift the glass slowly with plastic picks and keep tools away from the thin LCD. Clean the frame of old adhesive, apply fresh strips, connect and test the new digitiser, then press it into place. Neither model has Touch ID, so the fitted home button is ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if it is not right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the iPad mini 1 and mini 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits the iPad mini (1st generation) and the iPad mini 2, which share the same digitiser layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the iPad mini 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad mini 3 has Touch ID and a different digitiser, so it needs its own part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need anything else to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836260327751,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328584163655-white.jpg?v=1790792856"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-1-mini-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-home-button-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 1 \/ Mini 2 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser with Home Button Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus white iPad Mini 1 and Mini 2 digitiser with home button\u003c\/strong\u003e is brand new front glass and touch, home button fitted, fixing cracked or unresponsive iPad Mini 1 and Mini 2 screens. OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch in one panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e the front glass and digitiser layer are bonded together, so touch and glass are replaced in a single step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome button included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the home button comes fitted to the panel, saving you from moving the old button across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white bezel of your iPad Mini so the front looks consistent after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two models:\u003c\/strong\u003e the iPad Mini 1 and iPad Mini 2 share this touch panel, which makes it a useful stock part for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each digitiser is checked for touch response before it leaves our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass) with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 1 and iPad Mini 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, glass and touch panel only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 1\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1432, A1454, A1455) and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 2\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1489, A1490, A1491). It does not fit the iPad Mini 3, which uses a different digitiser for its Touch ID home button, or the iPad Mini 4, where the glass and LCD are fused together. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need for this repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis panel is the glass and touch layer only. Your existing LCD stays in the iPad, so if the picture itself is damaged with lines, patches or no image, you will also need a replacement LCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo fit it you will need a heat pad or heat gun, plastic opening picks, a suction cup and new adhesive strips to hold the glass in the frame. Work slowly around the edges to avoid tearing the LCD or its cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the front glass and touch digitiser with the home button. The LCD display underneath is a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPad Mini 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini 3 needs its own digitiser. This panel fits the iPad Mini 1 and iPad Mini 2 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a moderate repair. The glass is glued to the frame, so you will need heat, opening picks and new adhesive. Take care not to damage the LCD while lifting the old glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836273140039,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328587112775-white.jpg?v=1790792856"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-2-mini-3-replacement-lcd-screen-oem-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 2 \/ Mini 3 Replacement LCD Screen OEM The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD screen for iPad Mini 2 and iPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard LCD panel that fixes lines, black patches or no picture on the iPad Mini 2 and iPad Mini 3 when the glass is fine. It is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard display:\u003c\/strong\u003e built to OEM standard fit and picture for the iPad Mini 2 and Mini 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the display layer, so you keep your existing front glass if it is intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two models:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part covers both the iPad Mini 2 and iPad Mini 3, handy for repair shop stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes picture faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cures lines, dead areas, backlight faults and a cracked LCD under the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each LCD is checked for a clean image before it is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD display panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 2 and iPad Mini 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTouch digitiser included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, LCD only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 2\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1489, A1490, A1491) and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1599, A1600). It does not fit the iPad Mini 1, which uses a lower-resolution LCD, or the iPad Mini 4, where the LCD and glass are one fused assembly. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLCD or digitiser: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LCD creates the picture; the digitiser is the glass on top that senses touch. If the image is damaged but touch works, you need this LCD. If the glass is cracked but the picture is perfect, you need a digitiser instead. If both are damaged, replace both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LCD sits under the glued front glass, so plan on removing the glass carefully with heat and picks. Many repairers fit a new digitiser at the same time, as the old glass often cracks during removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this LCD include the glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the LCD display panel only. The touch glass (digitiser) is a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad Mini 1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini 1 uses a different, lower-resolution LCD. This panel fits the iPad Mini 2 and iPad Mini 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know the LCD is the faulty part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you see lines, black or coloured patches, or no picture while touch still responds, the LCD is the likely fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836280152391,"sku":"","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328588587335-white.jpg?v=1790792856"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-3-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-black-am-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 3 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (Black) - AM+ The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus AM+ black touch screen digitiser for iPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e is brand new front glass and touch for the iPad Mini 3, fixing cracked glass or unresponsive touch. OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Mini 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and wired for the iPad Mini 3 digitiser connector, not a Mini 2 panel relabelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAM+ grade glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e a higher aftermarket grade for clear glass and even touch response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black front of your iPad Mini 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch together:\u003c\/strong\u003e the outer glass and touch layer are one bonded piece, so both are replaced at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch response is checked on every panel before it is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 3 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, glass and touch panel only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1599, A1600) only. It does not fit the iPad Mini 1 or iPad Mini 2, which use a different digitiser, or the iPad Mini 4, where glass and LCD are fused. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeeping Touch ID working\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID on the iPad Mini 3 is paired to the logic board, so only your existing home button will unlock the iPad with a fingerprint. Move your current home button and its bracket across to the new panel carefully; a replacement button will work as a button but not for Touch ID.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will also need heat, opening picks and new adhesive strips, as the glass is glued into the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPad Mini 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini 2 uses a different digitiser. This panel is for the iPad Mini 3 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as you move your existing home button across to the new panel. Touch ID is paired to the logic board, so a different button will not read fingerprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the front glass and touch layer only. Your existing LCD is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does AM+ mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAM+ is the grade of this panel, a higher aftermarket grade chosen for clear glass and consistent touch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836286476615,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328590094663-white.jpg?v=1790792857"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-3-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-white-am-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 3 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (White) - AM+ The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus AM+ white touch screen digitiser for iPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces broken front glass and a faulty touch layer on the iPad Mini 3. This brand new white digitiser is made to OEM standard fit, checked for touch response and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Mini 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and wired for the iPad Mini 3 digitiser connector, not a Mini 2 panel relabelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAM+ grade glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e a higher aftermarket grade for clear glass and even touch response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white front of your iPad Mini 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch together:\u003c\/strong\u003e the outer glass and touch layer are one bonded piece, so both are replaced at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch response is checked on every panel before it is shipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 3 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, glass and touch panel only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1599, A1600) only. It does not fit the iPad Mini 1 or iPad Mini 2, which use a different digitiser, or the iPad Mini 4, where glass and LCD are fused. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow for a heat pad or heat gun, plastic picks, a suction cup and fresh adhesive. Lift the old glass slowly to avoid cracking the LCD underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer your existing home button to keep Touch ID, since the fingerprint sensor is paired to the iPad's logic board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, leave the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelied on by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPad Mini 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini 2 uses a different digitiser. This panel is for the iPad Mini 3 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as you move your existing home button across to the new panel. Touch ID is paired to the logic board, so a different button will not read fingerprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the front glass and touch layer only. Your existing LCD is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does AM+ mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAM+ is the grade of this panel, a higher aftermarket grade chosen for clear glass and consistent touch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49836681756999,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328727621959-white.jpg?v=1790792856"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-4-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 4 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus black screen and digitiser assembly for iPad Mini 4\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete iPad Mini 4 display: LCD, touch and glass fused as one unit, fixing cracked glass, dead touch and picture faults in one repair. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e the LCD and glass are bonded together, as on the factory iPad Mini 4, so there is no gap or separate glass to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes glass and display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part cures cracked glass, touch problems and picture damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black bezel of your iPad Mini 4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the iPad Mini 4 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 4 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 4\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1538, A1550) only. It does not fit the iPad Mini 2 or iPad Mini 3, which use a separate LCD and glass, or the iPad Mini (5th generation), which has a different display. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the iPad Mini 4 needs a full assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPad Mini 4, the glass is laminated directly to the LCD. Separating them outside a factory is not practical, so a crack in the glass means replacing the full assembly. That is why this part includes both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting needs heat, opening picks and new adhesive. The display cables are fragile, so disconnect the battery first and lift the old screen slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD and glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD, touch digitiser and front glass come as one laminated assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad Mini 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini (5th generation) uses a different screen. This assembly fits the iPad Mini 4 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I replace just the glass on an iPad Mini 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot practically. The glass is fused to the LCD, so the whole assembly is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow soon will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837014745415,"sku":"","price":39.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328844407111-white.jpg?v=1790792952"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-mini-4-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Mini 4 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus white screen and digitiser assembly for iPad Mini 4\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete iPad Mini 4 display: LCD, touch and glass fused as one unit, fixing cracked glass, dead touch and picture faults in one repair. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e the LCD and glass are bonded together, as on the factory iPad Mini 4, so there is no gap or separate glass to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes glass and display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part cures cracked glass, touch problems and picture damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white bezel of your iPad Mini 4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the iPad Mini 4 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Mini 4 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Mini 4\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1538, A1550) only. It does not fit the iPad Mini 2 or iPad Mini 3, which use a separate LCD and glass, or the iPad Mini (5th generation), which has a different display. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the iPad Mini 4 needs a full assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPad Mini 4, the glass is laminated directly to the LCD. Separating them outside a factory is not practical, so a crack in the glass means replacing the full assembly. That is why this part includes both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting needs heat, opening picks and new adhesive. The display cables are fragile, so disconnect the battery first and lift the old screen slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD and glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD, touch digitiser and front glass come as one laminated assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad Mini 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Mini (5th generation) uses a different screen. This assembly fits the iPad Mini 4 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I replace just the glass on an iPad Mini 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot practically. The glass is fused to the LCD, so the whole assembly is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow soon will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837020807495,"sku":"","price":39.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328849748295-white.jpg?v=1790792952"},{"product_id":"for-ipad-mini-5-lcd-touch-screen-with-sensor-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For iPad Mini 5 LCD Touch Screen With Sensor (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD touch screen with sensor for iPad mini 5 (2019), black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a black LCD display and touch screen assembly for the iPad mini 5 (2019), with sensor. It fixes cracked glass and dead touch. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreen with sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrives with the sensor already attached, so there is less to transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches iPad mini 5 models with a black bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD, digitiser and glass come bonded as one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e made only for the iPad mini 5 (2019).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen assembly with sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad mini 5 (2019)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad mini 5 (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad mini 4 or iPad mini 6. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e or by the model number on the back of the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure you have a heat source, plastic picks, a spudger and fresh screen adhesive. Disconnect the battery before unplugging the display flex, and test the new screen before sealing it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit an iPad mini 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad mini 4 and mini 5 look alike, but the screens are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it come with a sensor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaving the sensor pre-fitted saves you moving it from the old screen, which reduces the risk of damage during the repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the home button included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Keep your existing home button in the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock. Orders placed after 4pm or at the weekend go out on the next working day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837021397319,"sku":"","price":43.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328850108743-white.jpg?v=1790792952"},{"product_id":"for-ipad-mini-5-lcd-touch-screen-with-sensor-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For iPad Mini 5 LCD Touch Screen With Sensor (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD touch screen with sensor for iPad mini 5 (2019), white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a white LCD display and touch screen assembly for the iPad mini 5 (2019), with sensor. It fixes cracked glass and dead touch. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreen with sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrives with the sensor already attached, so there is less to transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches iPad mini 5 models with a white bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD, digitiser and glass come bonded as one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e made only for the iPad mini 5 (2019).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen assembly with sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad mini 5 (2019)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad mini 5 (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad mini 4 or iPad mini 6. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e or by the model number on the back of the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure you have a heat source, plastic picks, a spudger and fresh screen adhesive. Disconnect the battery before unplugging the display flex, and test the new screen before sealing it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit an iPad mini 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad mini 4 and mini 5 look alike, but the screens are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it come with a sensor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaving the sensor pre-fitted saves you moving it from the old screen, which reduces the risk of damage during the repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the home button included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Keep your existing home button in the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock. Orders placed after 4pm or at the weekend go out on the next working day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837023691079,"sku":"","price":43.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328850665799-white.jpg?v=1790792952"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air 2 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD and touch screen digitiser assembly for iPad Air 2 in black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete screen with LCD and touch glass bonded as one unit. It fixes cracks, dead touch and display faults. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete laminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD and digitiser bonded together, as the iPad Air 2 requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes glass and display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part covers cracks, touch problems and picture faults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Air 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape and connectors for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the {col.lower()} bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every assembly is checked for display and touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air 2 (2014)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 2\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPad Air (1st generation), iPad 5, iPad 6 or the iPad Air 3, 4 and later models. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case; the iPad Air 2 is A1566 or A1567.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat to soften the adhesive, plastic picks, a suction cup and new adhesive strips. The glass is thin, so lift slowly from the edges. Transfer the home button and bracket, connect and test the new screen, then seal it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy can I not buy just the glass for iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPad Air 2 the glass, touch layer and LCD are laminated together, so the whole assembly is replaced as one part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPad Air (1st generation) or iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Those models use a separate glass and LCD with different connectors. This part fits the iPad Air 2 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID is in the home button. Move your existing home button to the new screen and it keeps working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837027000647,"sku":"","price":79.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328852730183-white.jpg?v=1790792953"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-2-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air 2 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD and touch screen digitiser assembly for iPad Air 2 in white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete screen with LCD and touch glass bonded as one unit. It fixes cracks, dead touch and display faults. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete laminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD and digitiser bonded together, as the iPad Air 2 requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes glass and display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part covers cracks, touch problems and picture faults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Air 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape and connectors for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the {col.lower()} bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every assembly is checked for display and touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air 2 (2014)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 2\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPad Air (1st generation), iPad 5, iPad 6 or the iPad Air 3, 4 and later models. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case; the iPad Air 2 is A1566 or A1567.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat to soften the adhesive, plastic picks, a suction cup and new adhesive strips. The glass is thin, so lift slowly from the edges. Transfer the home button and bracket, connect and test the new screen, then seal it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy can I not buy just the glass for iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPad Air 2 the glass, touch layer and LCD are laminated together, so the whole assembly is replaced as one part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPad Air (1st generation) or iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Those models use a separate glass and LCD with different connectors. This part fits the iPad Air 2 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID is in the home button. Move your existing home button to the new screen and it keeps working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49837028049223,"sku":"","price":79.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9328853221703-white.jpg?v=1790792953"},{"product_id":"for-ipad-air-3-touch-screen-lcd-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For iPad Air 3 Touch Screen LCD (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen LCD for iPad Air 3 (2019), black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a black LCD display and touch screen assembly for the iPad Air 3 (2019). It fixes a cracked screen, blank display and failed touch in one part. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD and touch together:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display and touch glass are one assembly, so you replace both in one step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack front:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair it with a black-front iPad for a factory look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Air 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e matched to the 10.5-inch iPad Air 3rd generation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display and touch faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cracks, lines, black screen and dead touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e image and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air 3rd generation (2019)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 3rd generation (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, iPad Air 4 or the iPad Pro 10.5-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e or by the model number on the back of the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for a clean install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iPad Air 3 screen is held by adhesive around the edge. Warm it evenly, lift with plastic picks and take care near the flex cables at the side. Test the new screen before sealing it, then use fresh adhesive for a flush fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the LCD and glass together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iPad Air 3 display is laminated, so the LCD and touch glass come as a single assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an iPad Pro 10.5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Pro 10.5-inch looks similar but uses a different screen. This part is for the iPad Air 3 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move the home button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iPad Air 3 home button is not part of this assembly. You keep your existing button in the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock. Orders placed after 4pm or at the weekend go out on the next working day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49839398814023,"sku":"","price":79.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329455464775-white.jpg?v=1790791440"},{"product_id":"for-ipad-air-3-touch-screen-lcd-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For iPad Air 3 Touch Screen LCD (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen LCD for iPad Air 3 (2019), white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a white LCD display and touch screen assembly for the iPad Air 3 (2019). It fixes a cracked screen, blank display and failed touch in one part. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD and touch together:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display and touch glass are one assembly, so you replace both in one step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite front:\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits iPads with a white front bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad Air 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e matched to the 10.5-inch iPad Air 3rd generation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display and touch faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e cracks, lines, black screen and dead touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e image and touch are checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air 3rd generation (2019)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 3rd generation (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, iPad Air 4 or the iPad Pro 10.5-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e or by the model number on the back of the iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for a clean install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iPad Air 3 screen is held by adhesive around the edge. Warm it evenly, lift with plastic picks and take care near the flex cables at the side. Test the new screen before sealing it, then use fresh adhesive for a flush fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the LCD and glass together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iPad Air 3 display is laminated, so the LCD and touch glass come as a single assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an iPad Pro 10.5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Pro 10.5-inch looks similar but uses a different screen. This part is for the iPad Air 3 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move the home button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe iPad Air 3 home button is not part of this assembly. You keep your existing button in the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock. Orders placed after 4pm or at the weekend go out on the next working day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49839409299783,"sku":"","price":79.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329461166407-white.jpg?v=1790791440"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-4-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air 4 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD and touch screen digitiser assembly for iPad Air 4 in black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete laminated screen for the 2020 model. It fixes cracks, dead touch and display faults. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD, touch digitiser and glass bonded together as this model needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes every screen fault:\u003c\/strong\u003e cracks, touch problems, lines and no picture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 4 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape and connectors for the 10.9-inch 2020 model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black bezel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each screen is checked for display and touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air 4 (2020), 10.9-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air 4 (2020)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2 or iPad Air 3, the 10.2-inch iPad 7, 8 and 9, or the iPad Pro range. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case; the iPad Air 4 is A2316, A2324, A2325 or A2072.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips for the iPad Air 4\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen is held by adhesive around the edge. Warm it evenly, lift slowly with thin picks and avoid pushing deep near the flex cables on the right-hand side. Disconnect the battery before unplugging the display, test the new screen before sealing, then press it down with fresh adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the iPad Air 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the iPad Air 4 (2020). Although the Air 5 looks similar, only order this part for an iPad Air 4 unless you have confirmed the fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is Touch ID on the iPad Air 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID is in the top button, not in the screen, so replacing the display does not affect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I replace just the glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air 4 display is laminated, so the full assembly is replaced as one part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840108339527,"sku":"","price":129.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329643225415-white.jpg?v=1790791441"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-ipad-5-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-home-button-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air \/ iPad 5 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser with Home Button Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser with home button for iPad Air and iPad 5 in black\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked or unresponsive touch screen on the iPad Air (2013) or iPad 5 (2017) with the home button pre-installed. Brand new, made to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-fit assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass, touch sensor and home button in one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct shape, camera window and flex position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-only repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e reuse your working LCD to keep the repair cost low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e for a neat, factory-looking finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e tested for touch response before packing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air (1st generation) and iPad 5 (2017), 9.7-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air (1st generation)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 5 (2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, which uses a laminated screen, or the 10.2-inch iPad 7, 8 and 9. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case: iPad Air is A1474, A1475 or A1476, and iPad 5 is A1822 or A1823.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser or LCD: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCracked glass or poor touch with a clear picture means the digitiser has failed. Lines, dark areas or a blank screen mean the LCD is damaged. These models use separate parts, so you can replace just the faulty one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if it is not right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit both the iPad Air and iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits the iPad Air (1st generation, 2013) and the iPad 5 (2017), which use the same 9.7-inch digitiser layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID work on my iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID on the iPad 5 is paired to the logic board. The pre-fitted button works as a home button, but to keep Touch ID you must move your existing home button onto the new glass. The iPad Air (1st generation) has no Touch ID.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the digitiser glass with home button. If you see lines or no picture, you also need an LCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The glass is bonded to the frame, so use fresh adhesive strips and a little heat when fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840365797703,"sku":"","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329731895623-white.jpg?v=1790791512"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-ipad-5-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-with-home-button-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air \/ iPad 5 Replacement Touch Screen Digitizer with Home Button Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser with home button for iPad Air and iPad 5 in white\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back full touch control to a cracked iPad Air (1st generation) or iPad 5 (2017). The home button comes fitted. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-fit assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass, touch sensor and home button in one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct shape, camera window and flex position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-only repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e reuse your working LCD to keep the repair cost low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e for a neat, factory-looking finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e tested for touch response before packing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air (1st generation) and iPad 5 (2017), 9.7-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air (1st generation)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 5 (2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, which uses a laminated screen, or the 10.2-inch iPad 7, 8 and 9. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case: iPad Air is A1474, A1475 or A1476, and iPad 5 is A1822 or A1823.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser or LCD: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCracked glass or poor touch with a clear picture means the digitiser has failed. Lines, dark areas or a blank screen mean the LCD is damaged. These models use separate parts, so you can replace just the faulty one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if it is not right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air 2 has the glass and LCD bonded together, so it needs a full screen assembly instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID work on my iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID on the iPad 5 is paired to the logic board. The pre-fitted button works as a home button, but to keep Touch ID you must move your existing home button onto the new glass. The iPad Air (1st generation) has no Touch ID.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the digitiser glass with home button. If you see lines or no picture, you also need an LCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The glass is bonded to the frame, so use fresh adhesive strips and a little heat when fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840370942279,"sku":"","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329734091079-white.jpg?v=1790791512"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-air-1-ipad-5-ipad-6-replacement-lcd-screen-oem-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Air 1 \/ iPad 5 \/ iPad 6 Replacement LCD Screen OEM The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus OEM LCD screen for iPad Air 1, iPad 5 and iPad 6\u003c\/strong\u003e is the replacement 9.7-inch display panel for these three models. It fixes lines, dark patches, flicker and a blank picture. Brand new, OEM standard quality and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard LCD:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard for a clear, even picture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree models covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits the iPad Air 1, iPad 5 and iPad 6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the touch glass is separate, so reuse yours if it is intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e lines, black spots, flicker and no picture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every LCD is checked for display before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD display panel (no touch glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Air (1st generation), iPad 5 (2017) and iPad 6 (2018), 9.7-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Air (1st generation)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 5 (2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 6 (2018)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, where the LCD and glass are bonded together, or the 10.2-inch iPad 7, 8 and 9. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLCD or digitiser: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LCD creates the picture; the digitiser is the touch glass on top. If the glass is cracked but the picture is perfect, you need a digitiser. If the picture has lines, dark areas or is blank, you need this LCD. When both are damaged, replace both at the same time and fit the new glass with fresh adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the touch glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the LCD display only. If your glass is cracked or touch does not work, you also need a digitiser for your model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air 2 has a laminated screen, so it needs a full LCD and digitiser assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass must be removed first, which needs heat and care. The LCD itself is held by screws and a connector, so the swap is straightforward once the glass is off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840379461959,"sku":"","price":37.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329737171271-white.jpg?v=1790791512"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-6-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 6 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 6 (black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement front glass and touch panel for the 2018 iPad 6. It fixes cracked glass and touch that is dead, slow or jumpy, while you keep your working LCD. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e one part replaces both the front glass and touch sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches black iPad 6 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad 6:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and connector for the 2018 9.7-inch iPad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower-cost fix:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep your LCD and replace only the damaged glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every digitiser is checked for touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHome button\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPad 6 (2018, A1893, A1954)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPad 6\u003c\/strong\u003e (2018, A1893, A1954). It does not fit the iPad 5, iPad Air or iPad 7. Check the model number (for example A1395) printed in small text on the back of your iPad, or look in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep your home button safe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch ID is tied to your iPad's own home button. Move it across carefully, keep its bracket and flex intact, and never swap in a button from another iPad if you want Touch ID to keep working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPad 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad 5 looks similar but uses a different digitiser. This part is for the iPad 6 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the home button included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Move your existing home button across. Touch ID only works with the home button that came with your iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my Apple Pencil work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digitiser is made for the iPad 6, which supports the 1st generation Apple Pencil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840410067271,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329741693255-white.jpg?v=1790791513"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-6-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 6 Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 6 (white)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a white-bezel front glass and touch panel for the 2018 iPad 6. It fixes cracked glass and unresponsive touch while you keep your LCD and home button. Brand new, OEM standard fit, tested and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches white, silver and gold iPad 6 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape and connector for the iPad 6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps your LCD:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace only the glass and touch layer for a cheaper repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccurate touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores smooth, responsive input.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every unit is checked before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHome button\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPad 6 (2018, A1893, A1954)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPad 6\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1893, A1954). It does not fit the iPad 5, iPad 7 or iPad Air. Check the model number (for example A1395) printed in small text on the back of your iPad, or look in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the iPad 7?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad 7 has a larger 10.2-inch screen and needs its own digitiser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Touch ID still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you move your own home button across carefully without damaging its flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit fresh adhesive strips so the glass sits flat and stays sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840430612807,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329743757639-white.jpg?v=1790791513"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-7-2019-ipad-8-2020-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 7 (2019) \/ iPad 8 (2020) Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020) in black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement front glass and touch layer for the 10.2-inch iPad 7 and iPad 8. It fixes cracked glass and touch that no longer responds, while you keep your LCD. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two models:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for both the iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch in one:\u003c\/strong\u003e the touch sensor is bonded to the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches black and space grey models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccurate touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores smooth, reliable input.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every digitiser is checked for touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScreen size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 7\u003c\/strong\u003e (A2197, A2198, A2200) and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 8\u003c\/strong\u003e (A2270, A2428, A2429, A2430). It does not fit the 9.7-inch iPad 5 or iPad 6, or the iPad Air. Check the model number (for example A1395) printed in small text on the back of your iPad, or look in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave iPad adhesive strips, a heat source, thin picks and a suction handle ready. Transfer the home button bracket carefully and test touch before sealing the glass down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPad 6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad 6 has a smaller 9.7-inch screen. This digitiser is for the 10.2-inch iPad 7 and iPad 8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the home button included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Move your own home button across so Touch ID keeps working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Replace the LCD separately if the picture is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is it sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840441590087,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329749033287-white.jpg?v=1790791514"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-7-2019-ipad-8-2020-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 7 (2019) \/ iPad 8 (2020) Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020) in white\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the cracked or unresponsive touch glass on a 10.2-inch iPad 7 (2019) or iPad 8 (2020). Your working LCD is reused. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch restored:\u003c\/strong\u003e ends dead spots, ghost touches and taps that are ignored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo models, one part:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits both the iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-only repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e your working LCD stays in place, so you only replace what is broken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the front of the iPad looking factory neat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before it ships:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is touch-tested before packing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020), 10.2-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 7 (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 8 (2020)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the 9.7-inch iPad 5 or iPad 6, the iPad Air models or the 10.9-inch iPad 10. To confirm, check the model name in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed in small text on the back of the case: iPad 7 is A2197, A2198 or A2200, and iPad 8 is A2270, A2428, A2429 or A2430.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan for adhesive strips for the glass, a heat source to soften the old adhesive, plastic picks and a suction cup. Remove the old glass carefully to protect the LCD underneath, move your home button across, then test touch before sealing the new glass down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if it is not right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the iPad 7 and iPad 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits both the iPad 7 (2019) and the iPad 8 (2020), which share the same 10.2-inch front glass layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat about my home button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer your existing home button to the new glass. Touch ID is paired to the iPad, so keeping your own button keeps it working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840444899655,"sku":"","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329750180167-white.jpg?v=1790791514"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-7-2019-ipad-8-2020-10-2-replacement-lcd-panel-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 7 (2019) \/ iPad 8 (2020) 10.2\" Replacement LCD Panel The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus 10.2-inch LCD panel for iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement display for fixing a cracked, lined, blank or flickering picture. It fits both 10.2-inch models, is brand new and OEM standard, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two iPads:\u003c\/strong\u003e one panel for iPad 7 (2019) and iPad 8 (2020).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the picture layer beneath the touch glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes display faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e black screen, lines, bleeding, flicker and cracked LCD under intact glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e same size and connector as the factory panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for display before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD panel (display only, no touch glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScreen size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad 7 (2019), iPad 8 (2020)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 7 (2019)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eiPad 8 (2020)\u003c\/strong\u003e, both 10.2 inches. It does not fit the 9.7-inch iPad 5 or iPad 6, or the 10.9-inch iPad 10. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLCD or touch glass: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn these iPads the LCD and the touch glass (digitiser) are separate parts. If the glass is cracked but the picture is fine, you only need a digitiser. If the picture is black, lined or cracked underneath, you need this LCD. If both are damaged, order both parts and fit them together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the touch glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the LCD panel only. The touch glass is a separate part on iPad 7 and iPad 8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my iPad 9?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis panel is listed for the iPad 7 and iPad 8. Compare with your old panel before fitting it to any other model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass has to be heated and lifted, then the LCD unscrewed and disconnected. It is a moderate repair for a careful DIY repairer and routine for repair shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840462725447,"sku":"","price":37.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329754571079-white.jpg?v=1790791514"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-pro-9-7-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Pro 9.7\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus black LCD and touch screen digitiser assembly for iPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete front display that fixes broken glass, touch faults and display lines on the 9.7-inch iPad Pro. Brand new, made to OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete screen unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD and digitiser are supplied together for a straightforward swap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e the black front used on space grey models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 9.7 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the 2016 model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch and picture checked on each assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a common school and office iPad in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD screen and touch digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/strong\u003e, model numbers A1673, A1674 and A1675. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, the standard iPad 9.7 (2017 or 2018) or the iPad Pro 10.5-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the model number printed on the back of the iPad, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScreen assembly or glass only?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA glass-only repair means separating the digitiser from the LCD, which is risky on laminated screens. Replacing the complete assembly is faster and more reliable, because the display and touch layer arrive already joined and aligned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air 2 has a different screen. This assembly is for the iPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the LCD attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD and touch digitiser are one assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my iPad show a notice about the display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiPadOS may show a notice that the part could not be verified. This is normal for a non-Apple replacement display and does not stop the screen or touch from working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840558440775,"sku":"","price":86.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329773707591-white.jpg?v=1790791572"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-pro-9-7-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Pro 9.7\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus white LCD and touch screen digitiser assembly for iPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete front display that fixes broken glass, touch faults and display lines on the 9.7-inch iPad Pro. Brand new, made to OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete screen unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD and digitiser are supplied together for a straightforward swap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e the white front used on silver, gold and rose gold models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 9.7 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the 2016 model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch and picture checked on each assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a common school and office iPad in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD screen and touch digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016)\u003c\/strong\u003e, model numbers A1673, A1674 and A1675. It does not fit the iPad Air 2, the standard iPad 9.7 (2017 or 2018) or the iPad Pro 10.5-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the model number printed on the back of the iPad, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScreen assembly or glass only?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA glass-only repair means separating the digitiser from the LCD, which is risky on laminated screens. Replacing the complete assembly is faster and more reliable, because the display and touch layer arrive already joined and aligned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPad Air 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air 2 has a different screen. This assembly is for the iPad Pro 9.7-inch (2016) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the LCD attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD and touch digitiser are one assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill my iPad show a notice about the display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eiPadOS may show a notice that the part could not be verified. This is normal for a non-Apple replacement display and does not stop the screen or touch from working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49840628629831,"sku":"","price":86.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9329791795527-white.jpg?v=1790791572"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-pro-10-5-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Pro 10.5\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus black screen and digitiser assembly for iPad Pro 10.5-inch\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new LCD, touch and glass assembly for the iPad Pro 10.5-inch (2017), fixing cracked glass, dead touch or picture faults. OEM standard fit, tested and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete front assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD, touch layer and glass come as one laminated unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-part repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes glass damage, touch faults and picture problems together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black front of your iPad Pro 10.5-inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the 2017 iPad Pro 10.5-inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked on every unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Pro 10.5-inch (2017)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 10.5-inch (2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e, models A1701, A1709 and A1852. It does not fit the iPad Air (3rd generation), which is also 10.5 inches but uses a different display, or any iPad Pro 11-inch or 12.9-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen is held by adhesive around the full panel. Use steady heat and thin picks, and keep picks shallow near the display cables. Disconnect the battery before unplugging the old screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean all old adhesive from the frame and fit new strips so the assembly sits flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit an iPad Air 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air (3rd generation) uses a different screen. This assembly is for the 2017 iPad Pro 10.5-inch only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD, touch digitiser and glass are supplied as one assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill True Tone work after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Tone relies on data paired to the factory screen. It may not be available after fitting a replacement display, though the screen itself works normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this repair suitable for beginners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an advanced repair because of the adhesive and fragile cables. Confident DIY repairers and repair shops fit it regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49841119068487,"sku":"","price":79.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330014454087-white.jpg?v=1790791632"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-pro-10-5-replacement-touch-screen-digitiser-with-lcd-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad Pro 10.5\" Replacement Touch Screen Digitiser With LCD Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus white screen and digitiser assembly for iPad Pro 10.5-inch\u003c\/strong\u003e is the complete white front display unit for the 2017 iPad Pro 10.5-inch, curing cracks, lines, touch faults and blank screens. Made to OEM standard fit, brand new, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white front of your iPad Pro 10.5-inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions and connectors for the 2017 iPad Pro 10.5-inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked on every unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete front assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD, touch layer and glass come as one laminated unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-part repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixes glass damage, touch faults and picture problems together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD and touch screen digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPad Pro 10.5-inch (2017)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPad Pro 10.5-inch (2017)\u003c\/strong\u003e, models A1701, A1709 and A1852. It does not fit the iPad Air (3rd generation), which is also 10.5 inches but uses a different display, or any iPad Pro 11-inch or 12.9-inch. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or read the A-number printed on the back of the case before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen is held by adhesive around the full panel. Use steady heat and thin picks, and keep picks shallow near the display cables. Disconnect the battery before unplugging the old screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean all old adhesive from the frame and fit new strips so the assembly sits flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill True Tone work after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Tone relies on data paired to the factory screen. It may not be available after fitting a replacement display, though the screen itself works normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this repair suitable for beginners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an advanced repair because of the adhesive and fragile cables. Confident DIY repairers and repair shops fit it regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it be dispatched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it ships the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit an iPad Air 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad Air (3rd generation) uses a different screen. This assembly is for the 2017 iPad Pro 10.5-inch only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49841126506823,"sku":"","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330015600967-white.jpg?v=1790791632"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-xs-max-front-screen-assembly-adhesive-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone XS Max Front Screen Assembly Adhesive The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus front screen assembly adhesive for iPhone XS Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pre-cut seal that bonds a replacement or refitted screen to the frame, fixing a loose, lifting or poorly sealed display after repair. Brand new, OEM standard shape, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut to shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e follows the iPhone XS Max screen outline so there is no trimming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm, even bond:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the display flat and stops it lifting at the edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps keep dust out:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full perimeter seal protects the inside of the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a neat, professional result after any screen repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost consumable every repair bench needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront screen adhesive seal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone XS Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone XS Max\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone XR, even though the sizes look similar, or the smaller iPhone X and XS. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit screen adhesive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove every trace of old adhesive from the frame with a plastic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeel the backing and line the adhesive up with the frame edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest the screen, remove the top liner, then press the display down firmly and evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need new adhesive when replacing the iPhone XS Max screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The old seal is damaged when the screen is opened, so fitting fresh adhesive gives a flat, secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I reuse the old adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Once the screen has been lifted, the old seal will not bond properly again. Always fit new adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this adhesive make the phone waterproof again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt helps restore a dust and splash seal, but no repair adhesive can promise the same water resistance the phone had when new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched from Manchester the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49858773451079,"sku":"","price":0.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9335375692103-white.jpg?v=1790792349"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-x-xs-front-screen-assembly-adhesive-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone X\/XS Front Screen Assembly Adhesive The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus front screen assembly adhesive for iPhone X and iPhone XS\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pre-cut seal that bonds a replacement or refitted screen to the frame, fixing a loose, lifting or poorly sealed display after repair. Brand new, OEM standard shape, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut to shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e follows the iPhone X and iPhone XS screen outline so there is no trimming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm, even bond:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the display flat and stops it lifting at the edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps keep dust out:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full perimeter seal protects the inside of the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a neat, professional result after any screen repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost consumable every repair bench needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront screen adhesive seal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone X and iPhone XS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone X and iPhone XS\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone XS Max or iPhone XR, which have larger screens and different outlines. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit screen adhesive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove every trace of old adhesive from the frame with a plastic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeel the backing and line the adhesive up with the frame edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest the screen, remove the top liner, then press the display down firmly and evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need new adhesive when replacing the iPhone X and iPhone XS screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The old seal is damaged when the screen is opened, so fitting fresh adhesive gives a flat, secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the iPhone X adhesive the same as the iPhone XS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The iPhone X and XS share the same screen outline, so this one adhesive fits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this adhesive make the phone waterproof again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt helps restore a dust and splash seal, but no repair adhesive can promise the same water resistance the phone had when new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched from Manchester the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49859087270215,"sku":"","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9335446438215-white.jpg?v=1790791477"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-xr-front-screen-assembly-adhesive-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone XR Front Screen Assembly Adhesive The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus front screen assembly adhesive for iPhone XR\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pre-cut seal that bonds a replacement or refitted screen to the frame, fixing a loose, lifting or poorly sealed display after repair. Brand new, OEM standard shape, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut to shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e follows the iPhone XR screen outline so there is no trimming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm, even bond:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the display flat and stops it lifting at the edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps keep dust out:\u003c\/strong\u003e a full perimeter seal protects the inside of the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a neat, professional result after any screen repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost consumable every repair bench needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront screen adhesive seal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone XR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone XR\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the iPhone X, XS or XS Max, which use a different screen shape. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit screen adhesive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove every trace of old adhesive from the frame with a plastic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeel the backing and line the adhesive up with the frame edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest the screen, remove the top liner, then press the display down firmly and evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need new adhesive when replacing the iPhone XR screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The old seal is damaged when the screen is opened, so fitting fresh adhesive gives a flat, secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill iPhone XS Max adhesive fit an iPhone XR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The XR has its own frame outline, so use this XR-specific seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this adhesive make the phone waterproof again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt helps restore a dust and splash seal, but no repair adhesive can promise the same water resistance the phone had when new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched from Manchester the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49859143074119,"sku":"","price":0.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9335460954439-white.jpg?v=1790791581"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-tab-t295-replacement-lcd-screen-and-digitiser-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy Tab T295 Replacement LCD Screen And Digitiser Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD screen and digitiser assembly for Samsung Galaxy Tab A 8.0 (2019) T295 in white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard display and touch assembly for the SM-T295. It replaces cracked glass, a blank display or dead touch, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreen and touch in one:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD and digitiser supplied together as a single assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite version:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white front of the Tab A 8.0 (2019).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the T295:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard fit for the 8-inch 2019 Tab A LTE model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e screen and touch checked before shipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePopular kids' tablet fix:\u003c\/strong\u003e a common repair for tablets used by children and in schools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD screen and digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab A 8.0 (2019) SM-T295\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade for the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab A 8.0 (2019) SM-T295\u003c\/strong\u003e (LTE). Our store groups it with T290 parts, but the Wi-Fi T290 can use a slightly different screen, so compare it with your old part before fitting. It does not fit the Tab A 8.0 (2017) T380 \/ T385 or the Tab A 10.1. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e (or on the back casing) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a tablet screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTablet screens are held in with strong adhesive, so gentle heat and plastic opening picks are essential. Warm the edges, lift the old panel slowly and disconnect the battery before you unplug any display flex cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean every trace of old adhesive from the frame, apply fresh adhesive strips, then connect the new screen and test display and touch before you press it into place. Leave the tablet under light pressure for a while so the bond sets evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Tab A 8.0 2017?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 2017 model (T380 \/ T385) uses a different screen. This part is for the 2019 T295.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a complete screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD and touch digitiser come together, so the whole front display is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from UK stock in Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49871344861511,"sku":"","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339068875079-white.jpg?v=1790792474"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-tab-4-10-1-sm-t530-t531-t535-2014-replacement-lcd-display-touch-screen-digitiser-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530 \/ T531 \/ T535) 2014 Replacement LCD Display \u0026 Touch Screen Digitiser (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD and touch screen digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (White)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a white LCD and touch digitiser assembly for the Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530, T531, T535). It replaces a smashed or dark screen, is brand new and OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a white Tab 4 10.1 looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete display unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD panel and touch glass supplied together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi, 3G and 4G models:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits SM-T530, SM-T531 and SM-T535.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne repair, both faults:\u003c\/strong\u003e sorts out a broken picture and broken glass at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch tested at our Manchester site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD display and touch digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530, SM-T531, SM-T535)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1\u003c\/strong\u003e (2014): SM-T530 (Wi-Fi), SM-T531 (3G) and SM-T535 (4G). It does not fit the Galaxy Tab 4 7.0 or Tab 4 8.0, or the Galaxy Tab A 10.1. Choose white to match a white tablet. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e or on the back of the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to tell if your LCD has failed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the tablet on in a dark room. Lines, black or purple patches, colour bleeding, or a glowing screen with no picture mean the LCD is damaged and you need this full assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the picture is perfect and only the glass is cracked, a touch digitiser on its own is cheaper, although it takes more care to fit. For a white tablet, keep the colour the same so the front looks right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a black Tab 4 10.1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it fits, but the front will be white. We sell a black version if you want to keep the colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich model numbers does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSM-T530, SM-T531 and SM-T535, the Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 from 2014.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs heat, picks and patience. Most DIY repairers can manage it in an hour or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49871348728135,"sku":"","price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339070742855-white.jpg?v=1790792475"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-e-9-6-sm-t560-t565-touch-screen-digitizer-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy E 9.6\" (SM-T560 \/ T565) Touch Screen Digitizer - Black The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 \/ T565), black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand-new black touch glass and digitiser for the Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 and T565). It fixes cracked glass and dead or erratic touch, is OEM standard and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch glass only:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the outer glass and touch layer while you keep your working LCD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches tablets with a black front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits SM-T560 and T565:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and flex for the 9.6-inch Galaxy Tab E.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch response is checked before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-cost tablet repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal when only the glass is broken and the picture is still fine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (glass and touch layer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 \/ SM-T565)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 and SM-T565)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy Tab E 8.0 or the Galaxy Tab A range. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e. This is the black version; choose the white listing if your tablet has a white front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser or LCD: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the glass is cracked but the picture is clear, you only need this digitiser. If you see black patches, lines, bleeding colour or no image at all, the LCD is damaged and needs replacing as well. The digitiser is glued to the tablet's housing, so use gentle heat and fresh adhesive when fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and repair shop owners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the touch glass and digitiser only. Your existing LCD is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy Tab E 8.0?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for the 9.6-inch Galaxy Tab E, models SM-T560 and SM-T565.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs care. Heat softens the old adhesive, then the glass is lifted off and the new digitiser is bonded in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe dispatch the same day from Manchester on orders before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49871353971015,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339072086343-white.jpg?v=1790792475"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-e-9-6-sm-t560-t565-touch-screen-digitizer-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy E 9.6\" (SM-T560 \/ T565) Touch Screen Digitizer - White The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 \/ T565), white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand-new white touch glass and digitiser for the Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 and T565). It fixes cracked glass and dead or erratic touch, is OEM standard and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch glass only:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the outer glass and touch layer while you keep your working LCD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches tablets with a white front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits SM-T560 and T565:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and flex for the 9.6-inch Galaxy Tab E.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch response is checked before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the look:\u003c\/strong\u003e a white front keeps a white tablet looking as it should after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (glass and touch layer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 \/ SM-T565)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (SM-T560 and SM-T565)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy Tab E 8.0 or the Galaxy Tab A range. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e. This is the white version; choose the black listing if your tablet has a black front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser or LCD: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf the glass is cracked but the picture is clear, you only need this digitiser. If you see black patches, lines, bleeding colour or no image at all, the LCD is damaged and needs replacing as well. The digitiser is glued to the tablet's housing, so use gentle heat and fresh adhesive when fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock at our Manchester warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery screen and part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy 30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelied on by home repairers and trade repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the touch glass and digitiser only. Your existing LCD is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy Tab E 8.0?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for the 9.6-inch Galaxy Tab E, models SM-T560 and SM-T565.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs care. Heat softens the old adhesive, then the glass is lifted off and the new digitiser is bonded in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order before 4pm for same-day dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49871355150663,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339072840007-white.jpg?v=1790792475"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-note-10-1-sm-p600-touch-screen-digitizer-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 (SM-P600) Touch Screen Digitizer - Black The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 (SM-P600), black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand-new black touch glass and digitiser for the Galaxy Note 10.1 SM-P600. It fixes cracked glass and dead or unresponsive touch, is OEM standard and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass and touch layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the outer glass and touch sensor only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a black tablet looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the SM-P600:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and flex connector for the Note 10.1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e touch response is tested on every digitiser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower repair cost:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper than a full assembly when the LCD still works.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (glass and touch layer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Note 10.1 (SM-P600)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Note 10.1 (SM-P600)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the older Note 10.1 N8000 series or the Galaxy Tab S range. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e. This is the black version; a white version is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs a digitiser the right part?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a digitiser when the glass is cracked or touch has stopped working but the picture is clear. If the image shows lines, dark areas or nothing at all, the LCD is damaged and you need the full LCD and digitiser assembly instead. Fitting the digitiser needs heat, care and fresh adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the touch glass and digitiser only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Note 10.1 N8000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for the SM-P600 2014 Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester if ordered before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49871374418247,"sku":"","price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339078377799-white.jpg?v=1790792475"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-3-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-with-home-button-assembly-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 3 Replacement Touch Screen Digitizer with Home Button Assembly (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser with home button for iPad 3 (black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a black replacement front glass and touch panel for the iPad 3, supplied with the home button fitted. It fixes shattered glass and touch that no longer works. Brand new, OEM standard fit, tested and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-fitted home button:\u003c\/strong\u003e no need to transfer the old button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront glass and touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e both replaced in one repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack bezel:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches black iPad 3 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for iPad 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard dimensions and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every digitiser is checked for touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHome button\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, pre-fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPad 3 (A1416, A1430, A1403)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPad 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1416, A1430, A1403). It does not fit the iPad 2, iPad Air or iPad mini. Check the model number (for example A1395) printed in small text on the back of your iPad, or look in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need for the repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need a heat source, a suction handle, thin picks, precision screwdrivers and iPad adhesive strips. The iPad 3 LCD is held with screws under the glass, so lift it carefully and keep its cable connected until you need to unplug it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the iPad 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPad 2 uses a different digitiser connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to move my home button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The home button assembly is already fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the LCD included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the glass and touch layer only. Buy an LCD too if the picture is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49874251284807,"sku":"","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339732099399-white.jpg?v=1790792475"},{"product_id":"for-apple-ipad-3-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-with-home-button-assembly-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPad 3 Replacement Touch Screen Digitizer with Home Button Assembly (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser with home button for iPad 3 (white)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the cracked or unresponsive front glass on a white iPad 3, with the home button assembly already in place. It restores smooth touch and a clean front in one part. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome button included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-fitted for a quicker repair and a fresh button feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite front:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches white iPad 3 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece glass and touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e the touch sensor is bonded to the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and connector for the iPad 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e each unit is tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser with home button assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHome button\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, pre-fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPad 3 (A1416, A1430, A1403)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPad 3\u003c\/strong\u003e (A1416, A1430, A1403). Not for the iPad 2, iPad Air or any iPad mini. Check the model number (for example A1395) printed in small text on the back of your iPad, or look in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this white on the front?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bezel around the screen is white, to match white iPad 3 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without special tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my touch still not working after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the digitiser cable is fully seated and the connector is clean. A loose cable is the usual cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49874344444231,"sku":"","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339743174983-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-tab-4-10-1-sm-t530-t531-t535-2014-touch-screen-digitizer-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530 \/ T531 \/ T535) 2014 Touch Screen Digitizer - Black The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus touch screen digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a black replacement touch glass for the Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530, T531, T535). It fixes cracked glass and dead touch when the LCD picture is fine. Brand new, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch glass only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a low-cost fix when the picture underneath is undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches black Tab 4 10.1 tablets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree model numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits SM-T530, SM-T531 and SM-T535.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch:\u003c\/strong\u003e for cracked glass, dead zones or ghost touches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every digitiser is checked for touch response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser (front glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLCD included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 (SM-T530, SM-T531, SM-T535)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1\u003c\/strong\u003e (2014): SM-T530 (Wi-Fi), SM-T531 (3G) and SM-T535 (4G). It does not fit the Galaxy Tab 4 7.0 or Tab 4 8.0, or the Galaxy Tab A 10.1. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e or on the back of the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitiser only or full screen assembly?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis part is the touch glass only. Choose it when the glass on your Galaxy Tab 4 10.1 is cracked or touch is not working, but the picture underneath is still clear, with no black patches, lines or bleeding colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the picture itself is damaged, the LCD has failed and you need the full LCD and digitiser assembly instead. Fitting the digitiser means warming the old glass, lifting it off without harming the LCD and bonding the new glass with fresh adhesive, so a heat pad or heat gun and plastic prying tools are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock held in the UK and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on this part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelied on by DIY repairers and repair shop owners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the touch glass only. Your existing LCD stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy screen shows lines. Will this fix it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Lines or black patches mean the LCD is damaged. Choose the full LCD and digitiser assembly instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the SM-T531?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits the SM-T530, SM-T531 and SM-T535.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools will I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heat pad or heat gun, plastic picks, a spudger and fresh adhesive strips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875240649031,"sku":"","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339928805703-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-nintendo-switch-lite-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-glass-black","title":"For Nintendo Switch Lite Replacement Touch Screen\/ Digitizer Glass (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Switch Lite touch screen and digitiser glass (black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement black front glass with touch layer for the Nintendo Switch Lite, used to repair a cracked screen and restore precise touch control. It is brand new, made to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack front glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e a neat black finish for the Switch Lite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch screen restored:\u003c\/strong\u003e the built-in digitiser brings back accurate touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHDH-001 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for the Switch Lite screen opening and connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower repair cost:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace just the glass and keep your working display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested first:\u003c\/strong\u003e each glass is checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen digitiser glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e (HDH-001). It does not fit the standard Nintendo Switch (HAC-001) or Switch OLED (HEG-001). You can confirm your console by the model number printed on the back of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdhesive: getting a secure fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove every trace of the old adhesive from the frame before fitting, as leftover glue can stop the glass sitting flat. Use thin, fresh adhesive strips or a suitable screen adhesive, press the glass evenly around the edges, and leave it to set before gaming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat adhesive should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin double-sided screen adhesive strips or a suitable screen adhesive, applied around the frame edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does my new glass lift at one corner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually old glue was left on the frame. Clean it off fully and refit with fresh adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich console does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nintendo Switch Lite, model HDH-001.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester for orders before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875446169927,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9339995423047-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-nintendo-switch-lite-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-glass-coral-the-repair-plus","title":"For Nintendo Switch Lite Replacement Touch Screen\/ Digitizer Glass (Coral) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus replacement touch screen glass for Nintendo Switch Lite (coral)\u003c\/strong\u003e restores touch input and a clean front surface on a damaged Switch Lite. It is brand new, OEM standard, checked before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Lite only:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and sized for the Nintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001), not the standard Switch or Switch OLED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral colour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e one of several colour choices in our Switch Lite digitizer range, so you can match or refresh the look of your console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch input:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the digitizer layer so taps and swipes register accurately again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits DIY and trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e a practical part for home repairers and a cost-effective stock item for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is checked before it leaves our Manchester stock room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen \/ digitizer glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis glass is for the \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e only. The standard Switch and the Switch OLED use bigger, different touch panels and will not accept it. To confirm your console, turn it over and look for model number HDH-001 on the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Switch Lite digitizer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower off the console and remove the back shell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisconnect the battery before touching any ribbon cables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the front glass and lift it away with plastic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean the frame, apply new adhesive and connect the new digitizer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest touch before closing the console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and dispatched from our Manchester base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested before dispatch, every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple 30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA trusted supplier for DIY fixers and trade repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the touch digitizer glass only. Your existing LCD is reused, so check the picture is still clear before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know it is a Switch Lite?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the back of the console for model number HDH-001. The Switch Lite also has built-in controllers that do not detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the coral version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coral option lets you choose the look you want from our Switch Lite range. It fits and works exactly the same as the other colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875468452167,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9340002730311-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-nintendo-switch-lite-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-glass-yellow-the-repair-plus","title":"For Nintendo Switch Lite Replacement Touch Screen\/ Digitizer Glass (Yellow) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Nintendo Switch Lite touch screen and digitizer glass in yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e is the front touch panel for the Switch Lite only. Fit it when the glass is cracked or touch no longer responds. Brand new, OEM standard fit, and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch input:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the digitizer layer so taps and swipes register accurately again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps your existing LCD:\u003c\/strong\u003e replace just the damaged glass instead of buying a full display assembly, which keeps repair costs down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Lite only:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and sized for the Nintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001), not the standard Switch or Switch OLED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow colour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e one of several colour choices in our Switch Lite digitizer range, so you can match or refresh the look of your console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is checked before it leaves our Manchester stock room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen \/ digitizer glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis glass is for the \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e only. The standard Switch and the Switch OLED use bigger, different touch panels and will not accept it. To confirm your console, turn it over and look for model number HDH-001 on the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrecision screwdrivers to open the Switch Lite shell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA heat source and plastic opening tools to lift the old glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFresh adhesive to bond the new yellow glass in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePatience with the thin digitizer ribbon cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know it is a Switch Lite?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the back of the console for model number HDH-001. The Switch Lite also has built-in controllers that do not detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the touch digitizer glass only. Your existing LCD is reused, so check the picture is still clear before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the yellow version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe yellow option lets you choose the look you want from our Switch Lite range. It fits and works exactly the same as the other colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875490308423,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9340011905351-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-nintendo-switch-lite-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-glass-grey-the-repair-plus","title":"For Nintendo Switch Lite Replacement Touch Screen\/ Digitizer Glass (Grey) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus grey touch screen digitizer glass for Nintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the cracked, scratched or unresponsive touch layer on a Switch Lite (model HDH-001). It is a brand new part made to OEM standard, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Lite only:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and sized for the Nintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001), not the standard Switch or Switch OLED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch input:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the digitizer layer so taps and swipes register accurately again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey colour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e one of several colour choices in our Switch Lite digitizer range, so you can match or refresh the look of your console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new, OEM standard:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions and ribbon layout for a clean fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is checked before it leaves our Manchester stock room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen \/ digitizer glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e (model HDH-001) only. It does not fit the standard Nintendo Switch (HAC-001) or the Nintendo Switch OLED (HEG-001), which have larger screens and different panels. The model number is printed on the back of the console.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDigitizer glass or full screen: which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this digitizer glass if the picture is still clear but the front glass is cracked or touch does not respond. If the image shows lines, black patches, bleeding colour or no picture at all, the LCD underneath is damaged and a digitizer alone will not fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, leave us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParts are held in UK stock and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns if something is not right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by home repairers and professional repair shops alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a standard Nintendo Switch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This panel is made for the Nintendo Switch Lite only. The standard Switch and Switch OLED need their own touch screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the touch digitizer glass only. Your existing LCD is reused, so check the picture is still clear before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875499221319,"sku":"","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9340015509831-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-nintendo-switch-lite-replacement-touch-screen-digitizer-glass-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Nintendo Switch Lite Replacement Touch Screen\/ Digitizer Glass (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus replacement touch screen glass for Nintendo Switch Lite (blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e restores touch input and a clean front surface on a damaged Switch Lite. It is brand new, OEM standard, checked before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Lite only:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped and sized for the Nintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001), not the standard Switch or Switch OLED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue colour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e one of several colour choices in our Switch Lite digitizer range, so you can match or refresh the look of your console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores touch input:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the digitizer layer so taps and swipes register accurately again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits DIY and trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e a practical part for home repairers and a cost-effective stock item for repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is checked before it leaves our Manchester stock room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch screen \/ digitizer glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite (HDH-001) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis glass is for the \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch Lite\u003c\/strong\u003e only. The standard Switch and the Switch OLED use bigger, different touch panels and will not accept it. To confirm your console, turn it over and look for model number HDH-001 on the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Switch Lite digitizer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower off the console and remove the back shell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisconnect the battery before touching any ribbon cables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the front glass and lift it away with plastic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean the frame, apply new adhesive and connect the new digitizer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest touch before closing the console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShipped from UK stock in Manchester, with no overseas wait.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery unit is checked before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelied on by DIY repairers and repair businesses across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the LCD display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the touch digitizer glass only. Your existing LCD is reused, so check the picture is still clear before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know it is a Switch Lite?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the back of the console for model number HDH-001. The Switch Lite also has built-in controllers that do not detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the blue version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue option lets you choose the look you want from our Switch Lite range. It fits and works exactly the same as the other colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875506266439,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9340018950471-white.jpg?v=1790792476"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-tab-e-9-6-t560-replacement-lcd-screen-digitizer-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (T560) Replacement LCD Screen \u0026 Digitizer (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus LCD screen and digitiser for Samsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (T560) in white\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard display and touch panel for the Tab E 9.6 T560. It fixes cracked glass, a blank display and dead touch, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD and digitiser together:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display panel and touch glass come as one part, so you replace both in a single repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the white front of the Galaxy Tab E 9.6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the T560:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard size and connector layout for the 9.6-inch Tab E.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e display and touch are checked before the screen leaves our Manchester stockroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget tablet repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e a sensible fix for family and school tablets that are otherwise working well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD screen and digitiser assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 (2015) SM-T560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade for the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab E 9.6 SM-T560\u003c\/strong\u003e (Wi-Fi). Our store groups it with T561 parts, but the T561 (3G) can use a different panel, so compare the connector with your old screen before fitting. It does not fit the Galaxy Tab E 8.0 or any Tab A model. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About tablet\u003c\/em\u003e (or on the back casing) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a tablet screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTablet screens are held in with strong adhesive, so gentle heat and plastic opening picks are essential. Warm the edges, lift the old panel slowly and disconnect the battery before you unplug any display flex cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean every trace of old adhesive from the frame, apply fresh adhesive strips, then connect the new screen and test display and touch before you press it into place. Leave the tablet under light pressure for a while so the bond sets evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this screen fit my Galaxy Tab E 8.0?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Tab E 8.0 is a smaller tablet with a different screen. This part is for the 9.6-inch Tab E T560.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the touch glass included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LCD and the touch digitiser are supplied together, so you do not need to buy glass separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a black version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the white version. Choose the colour that matches the front of your tablet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from UK stock in Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49875516195143,"sku":"","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9340022686023-white.jpg?v=1790792572"}],"url":"https:\/\/therepairplus.com\/collections\/phone-screens.oembed","provider":"The Repair Plus","version":"1.0","type":"link"}